mirror of https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbed-os.git
[NUCLEO_F072RB] Add cmsis files (part 2)
parent
6ec3e47274
commit
a8c5cfb7ec
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_cec.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of CEC HAL module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CEC_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CEC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) ||\
|
||||
defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) ||\
|
||||
defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CEC
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief CEC Init Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t SignalFreeTime; /*!< Set SFT field, specifies the Signal Free Time.
|
||||
It can be one of @ref CEC_Signal_Free_Time
|
||||
and belongs to the set {0,...,7} where
|
||||
0x0 is the default configuration
|
||||
else means 0.5 + (SignalFreeTime - 1) nominal data bit periods */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t Tolerance; /*!< Set RXTOL bit, specifies the tolerance accepted on the received waveforms,
|
||||
it can be a value of @ref CEC_Tolerance : it is either CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE
|
||||
or CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t BRERxStop; /*!< Set BRESTP bit @ref CEC_BRERxStop : specifies whether or not a Bit Rising Error stops the reception.
|
||||
CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is not stopped.
|
||||
CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is stopped. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t BREErrorBitGen; /*!< Set BREGEN bit @ref CEC_BREErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is generated on the
|
||||
CEC line upon Bit Rising Error detection.
|
||||
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit generation.
|
||||
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation if BRESTP is set. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t LBPEErrorBitGen; /*!< Set LBPEGEN bit @ref CEC_LBPEErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is generated on the
|
||||
CEC line upon Long Bit Period Error detection.
|
||||
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit generation.
|
||||
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen; /*!< Set BRDNOGEN bit @ref CEC_BroadCastMsgErrorBitGen : allows to avoid an Error-Bit generation on the CEC line
|
||||
upon an error detected on a broadcast message.
|
||||
|
||||
It supersedes BREGEN and LBPEGEN bits for a broadcast message error handling. It can take two values:
|
||||
|
||||
1) CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION.
|
||||
a) BRE detection: error-bit generation on the CEC line if BRESTP=CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE
|
||||
and BREGEN=CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION.
|
||||
b) LBPE detection: error-bit generation on the CEC line
|
||||
if LBPGEN=CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION.
|
||||
|
||||
2) CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION.
|
||||
no error-bit generation in case neither a) nor b) are satisfied. Additionally,
|
||||
there is no error-bit generation in case of Short Bit Period Error detection in
|
||||
a broadcast message while LSTN bit is set. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SignalFreeTimeOption; /*!< Set SFTOP bit @ref CEC_SFT_Option : specifies when SFT timer starts.
|
||||
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM SFT: timer starts when TXSOM is set by software.
|
||||
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END: SFT timer starts automatically at the end of message transmission/reception. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t OwnAddress; /*!< Set OAR field, specifies CEC device address within a 15-bit long field */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t ListenMode; /*!< Set LSTN bit @ref CEC_Listening_Mode : specifies device listening mode. It can take two values:
|
||||
|
||||
CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE: CEC peripheral receives only message addressed to its
|
||||
own address (OAR). Messages addressed to different destination are ignored.
|
||||
Broadcast messages are always received.
|
||||
|
||||
CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE: CEC peripheral receives messages addressed to its own
|
||||
address (OAR) with positive acknowledge. Messages addressed to different destination
|
||||
are received, but without interfering with the CEC bus: no acknowledge sent. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t InitiatorAddress; /* Initiator address (source logical address, sent in each header) */
|
||||
|
||||
}CEC_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief HAL CEC State structures definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< Peripheral Reset state */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< Peripheral Initialized and ready for use */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< an internal process is ongoing */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX = 0x03, /*!< Data Transmission process is ongoing */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX = 0x04, /*!< Data Reception process is ongoing */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX = 0x05, /*!< IP ready to receive, doesn't prevent IP to transmit */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x06, /*!< Timeout state */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR = 0x07 /*!< State Error */
|
||||
}HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief HAL Error structures definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE = (uint32_t) 0x0, /*!< no error */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR = CEC_ISR_RXOVR, /*!< CEC Rx-Overrun */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE = CEC_ISR_BRE, /*!< CEC Rx Bit Rising Error */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_SBPE = CEC_ISR_SBPE, /*!< CEC Rx Short Bit period Error */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_LBPE = CEC_ISR_LBPE, /*!< CEC Rx Long Bit period Error */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE = CEC_ISR_RXACKE, /*!< CEC Rx Missing Acknowledge */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST = CEC_ISR_ARBLST, /*!< CEC Arbitration Lost */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR = CEC_ISR_TXUDR, /*!< CEC Tx-Buffer Underrun */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR = CEC_ISR_TXERR, /*!< CEC Tx-Error */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE = CEC_ISR_TXACKE /*!< CEC Tx Missing Acknowledge */
|
||||
}
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ErrorTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief CEC handle Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
CEC_TypeDef *Instance; /* CEC registers base address */
|
||||
|
||||
CEC_InitTypeDef Init; /* CEC communication parameters */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t *pTxBuffPtr; /* Pointer to CEC Tx transfer Buffer */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TxXferCount; /* CEC Tx Transfer Counter */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t *pRxBuffPtr; /* Pointer to CEC Rx transfer Buffer */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t RxXferSize; /* CEC Rx Transfer size, 0: header received only */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t ErrorCode; /* For errors handling purposes, copy of ISR register
|
||||
in case error is reported */
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* Locking object */
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef State; /* CEC communication state */
|
||||
|
||||
}CEC_HandleTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Signal_Free_Time Signal Free Time setting parameter
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_DEFAULT_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CEC_0_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define CEC_1_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define CEC_2_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
|
||||
#define CEC_3_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define CEC_4_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000005)
|
||||
#define CEC_5_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
|
||||
#define CEC_6_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(SFT) ((SFT) <= CEC_CFGR_SFT)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Tolerance Receiver Tolerance
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_RXTOL)
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(RXTOL) (((RXTOL) == CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE) || \
|
||||
((RXTOL) == CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_BRERxStop Reception Stop on Error
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_BRESTP)
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(BRERXSTOP) (((BRERXSTOP) == CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE) || \
|
||||
((BRERXSTOP) == CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_BREErrorBitGen Error Bit Generation if Bit Rise Error reported
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_BREGEN)
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(ERRORBITGEN) (((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION) || \
|
||||
((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_LBPEErrorBitGen Error Bit Generation if Long Bit Period Error reported
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_LBPEGEN)
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(ERRORBITGEN) (((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION) || \
|
||||
((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_BroadCastMsgErrorBitGen Error Bit Generation on Broadcast message
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_BRDNOGEN)
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(ERRORBITGEN) (((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION) || \
|
||||
((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_SFT_Option Signal Free Time start option
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_SFTOPT)
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_SFTOP(SFTOP) (((SFTOP) == CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM) || \
|
||||
((SFTOP) == CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Listening_Mode Listening mode option
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_LSTN)
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_ALL_ERROR all RX or TX errors flags in CEC ISR register
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR ((uint32_t)CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE|\
|
||||
CEC_ISR_ARBLST|CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_IER_ALL_RX all RX errors interrupts enabling flag
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR ((uint32_t)CEC_IER_RXACKEIE|CEC_IER_LBPEIE|CEC_IER_SBPEIE|CEC_IER_BREIE|CEC_IER_RXOVRIE)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_IER_ALL_TX all TX errors interrupts enabling flag
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR ((uint32_t)CEC_IER_TXACKEIE|CEC_IER_TXERRIE|CEC_IER_TXUDRIE|CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_OAR_Position Device Own Address position in CEC CFGR register
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS ((uint32_t) 16)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Initiator_Position Initiator logical address position in message header
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS ((uint32_t) 4)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Reset CEC handle state
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: CEC handle.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Checks whether or not the specified CEC interrupt flag is set.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt to check.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_RXBR : Rx-Byte Received
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_RXEND : End of Reception
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_RXOVR : Rx Overrun
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_BRE : Rx Bit Rising Error
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_SBPE : Rx Short Bit Period Error
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_LBPE : Rx Long Bit Period Error
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_RXACKE : Rx Missing Acknowledge
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_ARBLST : Arbitration lost
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXBR : Tx-Byte Request
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXEND : End of Transmission
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXUDR : Tx-buffer Underrun
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXERR : Tx Error
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXACKE : Tx Missing Acknowledge
|
||||
* @retval ITStatus
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_GET_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR & (__INTERRUPT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Clears the interrupt or status flag when raised (write at 1)
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the interrupt/status flag to clear.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_RXBR : Rx-Byte Received
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_RXEND : End of Reception
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_RXOVR : Rx Overrun
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_BRE : Rx Bit Rising Error
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_SBPE : Rx Short Bit Period Error
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_LBPE : Rx Long Bit Period Error
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_RXACKE : Rx Missing Acknowledge
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_ARBLST : Arbitration lost
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXBR : Tx-Byte Request
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXEND : End of Transmission
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXUDR : Tx-buffer Underrun
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXERR : Tx Error
|
||||
* @arg CEC_ISR_TXACKE : Tx Missing Acknowledge
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR |= (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Enables the specified CEC interrupt.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC interrupt to enable.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXBRIE : Rx-Byte Received IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXENDIE : End Of Reception IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXOVRIE : Rx-Overrun IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_BREIE : Rx Bit Rising Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_SBPEIE : Rx Short Bit period Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_LBPEIE : Rx Long Bit period Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXACKEIE : Rx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE : Arbitration Lost IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXBRIE : Tx Byte Request IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXENDIE : End of Transmission IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXUDRIE : Tx-Buffer Underrun IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXERRIE : Tx-Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXACKEIE : Tx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->IER |= (__INTERRUPT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Disables the specified CEC interrupt.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC interrupt to disable.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXBRIE : Rx-Byte Received IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXENDIE : End Of Reception IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXOVRIE : Rx-Overrun IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_BREIE : Rx Bit Rising Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_SBPEIE : Rx Short Bit period Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_LBPEIE : Rx Long Bit period Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXACKEIE : Rx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE : Arbitration Lost IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXBRIE : Tx Byte Request IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXENDIE : End of Transmission IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXUDRIE : Tx-Buffer Underrun IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXERRIE : Tx-Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXACKEIE : Tx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->IER &= (~(__INTERRUPT__)))
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Checks whether or not the specified CEC interrupt is enabled.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC interrupt to check.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXBRIE : Rx-Byte Received IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXENDIE : End Of Reception IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXOVRIE : Rx-Overrun IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_BREIE : Rx Bit Rising Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_SBPEIE : Rx Short Bit period Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_LBPEIE : Rx Long Bit period Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_RXACKEIE : Rx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE : Arbitration Lost IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXBRIE : Tx Byte Request IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXENDIE : End of Transmission IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXUDRIE : Tx-Buffer Underrun IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXERRIE : Tx-Error IT Enable
|
||||
* @arg CEC_IER_TXACKEIE : Tx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
|
||||
* @retval FlagStatus
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->IER & (__INTERRUPT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Enables the CEC device
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CEC_CR_CECEN)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Disables the CEC device
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~CEC_CR_CECEN)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Set Transmission Start flag
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CEC_CR_TXSOM)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Set Transmission End flag
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
* If the CEC message consists of only one byte, TXEOM must be set before of TXSOM.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CEC_CR_TXEOM)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Get Transmission Start flag
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @retval FlagStatus
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR & CEC_CR_TXSOM)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Get Transmission End flag
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @retval FlagStatus
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_END_FLAG(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR & CEC_CR_TXEOM)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Clear OAR register
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_OAR(__HANDLE__) CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CFGR, CEC_CFGR_OAR)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Set OAR register (without resetting previously set address in case of multi-address mode)
|
||||
* To reset OAR, __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_OAR() needs to be called beforehand
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
|
||||
* @param __ADDRESS__: Own Address value (CEC logical address is identified by bit position)
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CEC_SET_OAR(__HANDLE__,__ADDRESS__) SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CFGR, (__ADDRESS__)<< CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Check CEC device Own Address Register (OAR) setting.
|
||||
* OAR address is written in a 15-bit field within CEC_CFGR register.
|
||||
* @param __ADDRESS__: CEC own address.
|
||||
* @retval Test result (TRUE or FALSE).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_OAR_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__) ((__ADDRESS__) <= 0x07FFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Check CEC initiator or destination logical address setting.
|
||||
* Initiator and destination addresses are coded over 4 bits.
|
||||
* @param __ADDRESS__: CEC initiator or logical address.
|
||||
* @retval Test result (TRUE or FALSE).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__) ((__ADDRESS__) <= 0xF)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Check CEC message size.
|
||||
* The message size is the payload size: without counting the header,
|
||||
* it varies from 0 byte (ping operation, one header only, no payload) to
|
||||
* 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands following the header).
|
||||
* @param __SIZE__: CEC message size.
|
||||
* @retval Test result (TRUE or FALSE).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(__SIZE__) ((__SIZE__) <= 0xF)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* I/O operation functions ***************************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData);
|
||||
void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral State functions ************************************************/
|
||||
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || */
|
||||
/* defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || */
|
||||
/* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)*/
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CEC_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief COMP HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the COMP peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + I/O operation functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
================================================================================
|
||||
##### COMP Peripheral features #####
|
||||
================================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The STM32F0xx device family integrates 2 analog comparators COMP1 and COMP2:
|
||||
(#) The non inverting input and inverting input can be set to GPIO pins
|
||||
as shown in table1. COMP Inputs below.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The COMP output is available using HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel()
|
||||
and can be set on GPIO pins. Refer to table 2. COMP Outputs below.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The COMP output can be redirected to embedded timers (TIM1, TIM2 and TIM3)
|
||||
Refer to table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers below.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The comparators COMP1 and COMP2 can be combined in window mode.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The comparators have interrupt capability with wake-up
|
||||
from Sleep and Stop modes (through the EXTI controller):
|
||||
(++) COMP1 is internally connected to EXTI Line 21
|
||||
(++) COMP2 is internally connected to EXTI Line 22
|
||||
From the corresponding IRQ handler, the right interrupt source can be retrieved with the
|
||||
macro __HAL_COMP_EXTI_GET_FLAG(). Possible values are:
|
||||
(++) COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP1_EVENT
|
||||
(++) COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP2_EVENT
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[..] Table 1. COMP Inputs for the STM32F05x and STM32F07x devices
|
||||
+--------------------------------------------------+
|
||||
| | | COMP1 | COMP2 |
|
||||
|-----------------|----------------|---------------|
|
||||
| | 1/4 VREFINT | OK | OK |
|
||||
| | 1/2 VREFINT | OK | OK |
|
||||
| | 3/4 VREFINT | OK | OK |
|
||||
| Inverting Input | VREFINT | OK | OK |
|
||||
| | DAC1 OUT (PA4) | OK | OK |
|
||||
| | DAC2 OUT (PA5) | OK | OK |
|
||||
| | IO1 | PA0 | PA2 |
|
||||
|-----------------|----------------|-------|-------|
|
||||
| Non Inverting | | PA1 | PA3 |
|
||||
| Input | | | |
|
||||
+--------------------------------------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
[..] Table 2. COMP Outputs for the STM32F05x and STM32F07x devices
|
||||
+---------------+
|
||||
| COMP1 | COMP2 |
|
||||
|-------|-------|
|
||||
| PA0 | PA2 |
|
||||
| PA6 | PA7 |
|
||||
| PA11 | PA12 |
|
||||
+---------------+
|
||||
|
||||
[..] Table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers for the STM32F05x and STM32F07x devices
|
||||
+---------------------------------+
|
||||
| COMP1 | COMP2 |
|
||||
|----------------|----------------|
|
||||
| TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN |
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
| TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR |
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
| TIM1 IC1 | TIM1 IC1 |
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
| TIM2 IC4 | TIM2 IC4 |
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
| TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM2 OCREFCLR |
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
| TIM3 IC1 | TIM3 IC1 |
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
| TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM3 OCREFCLR |
|
||||
+---------------------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
================================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This driver provides functions to configure and program the Comparators of STM32F05x and STM32F07x devices.
|
||||
|
||||
To use the comparator, perform the following steps:
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Fill in the HAL_COMP_MspInit() to
|
||||
(++) Enable the SYSCFG APB clock to get write access to comparator register using __SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE()
|
||||
(++) Configure the comparator input in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
|
||||
(++) Configure the comparator output in alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() to map the comparator
|
||||
output to the GPIO pin
|
||||
(++) If required enable the COMP interrupt by configuring and enabling EXTI line in Interrupt mode and
|
||||
selecting the desired sensitivity level using HAL_GPIO_Init() function. After that enable the comparator
|
||||
interrupt vector using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() function.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the comparator using HAL_COMP_Init() function:
|
||||
(++) Select the inverting input
|
||||
(++) Select the output polarity
|
||||
(++) Select the output redirection
|
||||
(++) Select the hysteresis level
|
||||
(++) Select the power mode
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Enable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Start() function
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP
|
||||
* @brief COMP HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* CSR register reset value */
|
||||
#define COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
/* CSR register Mask */
|
||||
#define COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00003FFE)
|
||||
/* CSR COMPx Shift */
|
||||
#define COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT ((uint32_t)0)
|
||||
#define COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT ((uint32_t)16)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_COMP_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions to initialize and de-initialize comparators
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the COMP according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the COMP_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
|
||||
* @note If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be performed.
|
||||
* To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
|
||||
if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTINGINPUT(hcomp->Init.InvertingInput));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(hcomp->Init.Output));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL(hcomp->Init.OutputPol));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(hcomp->Init.Hysteresis));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_MODE(hcomp->Init.Mode));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hcomp->Init.WindowMode != COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Init SYSCFG and the low level hardware to access comparators */
|
||||
__SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_COMP_MspInit(hcomp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set COMP parameters */
|
||||
/* Set COMPxINSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.InvertingInput value */
|
||||
/* Set COMPxOUTSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.Output value */
|
||||
/* Set COMPxPOL bit according to hcomp->Init.OutputPol value */
|
||||
/* Set COMPxHYST bits according to hcomp->Init.Hysteresis value */
|
||||
/* Set COMPxMODE bits according to hcomp->Init.Mode value */
|
||||
if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = hcomp->Instance->CSR;
|
||||
tmpreg = (tmpreg & ~COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK);
|
||||
tmpreg = tmpreg | hcomp->Init.InvertingInput | \
|
||||
hcomp->Init.Output | \
|
||||
hcomp->Init.OutputPol | \
|
||||
hcomp->Init.Hysteresis | \
|
||||
hcomp->Init.Mode;
|
||||
hcomp->Instance->CSR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = (COMP->CSR);
|
||||
tmpreg = (tmpreg & ~(COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK<<COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT));
|
||||
tmpreg = tmpreg | (((hcomp->Init.InvertingInput | \
|
||||
hcomp->Init.Output | \
|
||||
hcomp->Init.OutputPol | \
|
||||
hcomp->Init.Hysteresis | \
|
||||
hcomp->Init.Mode) << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT) | \
|
||||
hcomp->Init.WindowMode);
|
||||
COMP->CSR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the COMP state*/
|
||||
if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the COMP peripheral
|
||||
* @note Deinitialization can't be performed if the COMP configuration is locked.
|
||||
* To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
|
||||
if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set COMP_CSR register to reset value for the corresponding COMP instance */
|
||||
if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcomp->Instance->CSR,
|
||||
(COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK),
|
||||
(COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR,
|
||||
(COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT),
|
||||
(COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* DeInit the low level hardware: SYSCFG, GPIO, CLOCK and NVIC */
|
||||
HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(hcomp);
|
||||
|
||||
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the COMP MSP.
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_COMP_MspInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_COMP_MspInit could be implenetd in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes COMP MSP.
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_COMP_MspDeInit could be implenetd in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_COMP_Group2 I/O operation functions
|
||||
* @brief Data transfers functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the COMP data
|
||||
transfers.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Start the comparator
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
|
||||
if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the selected comparator */
|
||||
if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1EN));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1EN << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT));
|
||||
}
|
||||
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Stop the comparator
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
|
||||
if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the selected comparator */
|
||||
if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1EN ));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1EN << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT));
|
||||
}
|
||||
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the interrupt and starts the comparator
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
uint32_t extiline = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
status = HAL_COMP_Start(hcomp);
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the Exti Line output configuration */
|
||||
extiline = __HAL_COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
|
||||
/* Configure the rising edge */
|
||||
if(hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_COMP_EXTI_RISING_IT_ENABLE(extiline);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_COMP_EXTI_RISING_IT_DISABLE(extiline);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Configure the falling edge */
|
||||
if(hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_COMP_EXTI_FALLING_IT_ENABLE(extiline);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_COMP_EXTI_FALLING_IT_DISABLE(extiline);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Enable Exti interrupt mode */
|
||||
__HAL_COMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(extiline);
|
||||
/* Clear COMP Exti pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_COMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(extiline);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the interrupt and Stop the comparator
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Exti Line interrupt mode */
|
||||
__HAL_COMP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(__HAL_COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
status = HAL_COMP_Stop(hcomp);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Comparator IRQ Handler
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t extiline = __HAL_COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check COMP Exti flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_COMP_EXTI_GET_FLAG(extiline) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear COMP Exti pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_COMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(extiline);
|
||||
|
||||
/* COMP trigger user callback */
|
||||
HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(hcomp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_COMP_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief management functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the COMP data
|
||||
transfers.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Lock the selected comparator configuration.
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
|
||||
if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set lock flag */
|
||||
hcomp->State |= COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected comparator */
|
||||
if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1LOCK ));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1LOCK << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator.
|
||||
* The output level depends on the selected polarity.
|
||||
* If the polarity is not inverted:
|
||||
* - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower
|
||||
* voltage than the inverting input
|
||||
* - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher
|
||||
* voltage than the inverting input
|
||||
* If the polarity is inverted:
|
||||
* - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a lower
|
||||
* voltage than the inverting input
|
||||
* - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a higher
|
||||
* voltage than the inverting input
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval Returns the selected comparator output level: COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW or COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t level=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
level = READ_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUT ));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
level = READ_BIT(COMP->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUT << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(level != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Comparator callback.
|
||||
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback should be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_COMP_Group4 Peripheral State functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral State functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
|
||||
and the data flow.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the COMP state
|
||||
* @param hcomp : COMP handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef HAL_COMP_GetState(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the COMP handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hcomp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
return hcomp->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
|
||||
/* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_comp.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of COMP HAL module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_COMP_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_COMP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup COMP
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief COMP Init structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t InvertingInput; /*!< Selects the inverting input of the comparator.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_InvertingInput */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t Output; /*!< Selects the output redirection of the comparator.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Output */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t OutputPol; /*!< Selects the output polarity of the comparator.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_OutputPolarity */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t Hysteresis; /*!< Selects the hysteresis voltage of the comparator.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Hysteresis */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Selects the operating comsumption mode of the comparator
|
||||
to adjust the speed/consumption.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t WindowMode; /*!< Selects the window mode of the comparator 1 & 2.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_WindowMode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t TriggerMode; /*!< Selects the trigger mode of the comparator (interrupt mode).
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_TriggerMode */
|
||||
|
||||
}COMP_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief HAL State structures definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< COMP not yet initialized or disabled */
|
||||
HAL_COMP_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< COMP initialized and ready for use */
|
||||
HAL_COMP_STATE_READY_LOCKED = 0x11, /*!< COMP initialized but the configuration is locked */
|
||||
HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< COMP is running */
|
||||
HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY_LOCKED = 0x12 /*!< COMP is running and the configuration is locked */
|
||||
}HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief PPP Handle Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
COMP_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
|
||||
COMP_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< COMP required parameters */
|
||||
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< Locking object */
|
||||
__IO HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef State; /*!< COMP communication state */
|
||||
|
||||
}COMP_HandleTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_OutputPolarity
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output on GPIO isn't inverted */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED COMP_CSR_COMP1POL /*!< COMP output on GPIO is inverted */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL(POL) (((POL) == COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED) || \
|
||||
((POL) == COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_Hysteresis
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No hysteresis */
|
||||
#define COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST_0 /*!< Hysteresis level low */
|
||||
#define COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST_1 /*!< Hysteresis level medium */
|
||||
#define COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST /*!< Hysteresis level high */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(HYSTERESIS) (((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE) || \
|
||||
((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW) || \
|
||||
((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM) || \
|
||||
((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_Mode
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Please refer to the electrical characteristics in the device datasheet for
|
||||
the power consumption values */
|
||||
#define COMP_MODE_HIGHSPEED ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< High Speed */
|
||||
#define COMP_MODE_MEDIUMSPEED COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE_0 /*!< Medium Speed */
|
||||
#define COMP_MODE_LOWPOWER COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE_1 /*!< Low power mode */
|
||||
#define COMP_MODE_ULTRALOWPOWER COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE /*!< Ultra-low power mode */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_COMP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == COMP_MODE_HIGHSPEED) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == COMP_MODE_MEDIUMSPEED) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == COMP_MODE_LOWPOWER) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == COMP_MODE_ULTRALOWPOWER))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_InvertingInput
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_4VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 1/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */
|
||||
#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_2VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_0 /*!< 1/2 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */
|
||||
#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_3_4VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_1 /*!< 3/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */
|
||||
#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_VREFINT (COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_1|COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_0) /*!< VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */
|
||||
#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1 COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_2 /*!< DAC_OUT1 (PA4) connected to comparator inverting input */
|
||||
#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1SWITCHCLOSED (COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1) /*!< DAC_OUT1 (PA4) connected to comparator inverting input
|
||||
and close switch (PA0 for COMP1 only) */
|
||||
#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC2 (COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_0) /*!< DAC_OUT2 (PA5) connected to comparator inverting input */
|
||||
#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO1 (COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_1) /*!< IO (PA0 for COMP1 and PA2 for COMP2) connected to comparator inverting input */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_COMP_INVERTINGINPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_4VREFINT) || \
|
||||
((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_2VREFINT) || \
|
||||
((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_3_4VREFINT) || \
|
||||
((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_VREFINT) || \
|
||||
((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1) || \
|
||||
((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1SWITCHCLOSED) || \
|
||||
((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC2) || \
|
||||
((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO1))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_Output
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Output Redirection common for COMP1 and COMP2 */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUT_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output isn't connected to other peripherals */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1BKIN COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_0 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Break Input (BKIN) */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1IC1 COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_1 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Input Capture 1 */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1OCREFCLR (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_1|COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_0) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 OCREF Clear */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2IC4 COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_2 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 4 */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2OCREFCLR (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_0) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 OCREF Clear */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3IC1 (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_1) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 Input Capture 1 */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3OCREFCLR COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 OCREF Clear */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_NONE) || \
|
||||
((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1BKIN) || \
|
||||
((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1IC1) || \
|
||||
((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1OCREFCLR) || \
|
||||
((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2IC4) || \
|
||||
((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2OCREFCLR) || \
|
||||
((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3IC1) || \
|
||||
((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3OCREFCLR))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_OutputLevel
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is low when
|
||||
the non-inverting input is at a lower voltage than the inverting input*/
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is high when
|
||||
the non-inverting input is at a higher voltage than the inverting input */
|
||||
#define COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH COMP_CSR_COMP1OUT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_TriggerMode
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define COMP_TRIGGERMODE_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No External Interrupt trigger detection */
|
||||
#define COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
|
||||
#define COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
|
||||
#define COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_COMP_TRIGGERMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == COMP_TRIGGERMODE_NONE) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING_FALLING))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_WindowMode
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLED ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Window mode disabled */
|
||||
#define COMP_WINDOWMODE_ENABLED COMP_CSR_WNDWEN /*!< Window mode enabled: non inverting input of comparator 2
|
||||
is connected to the non inverting input of comparator 1 (PA1) */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE(WINDOWMODE) (((WINDOWMODE) == COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLED) || \
|
||||
((WINDOWMODE) == COMP_WINDOWMODE_ENABLED))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
* Elements values convention: XXXX0000
|
||||
* - XXXX : Interrupt mask in the EMR/IMR/RTSR/FTSR register
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP1_EVENT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< External interrupt line 21 Connected to COMP1 */
|
||||
#define COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP2_EVENT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< External interrupt line 22 Connected to COMP2 */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define COMP_LOCK_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define COMP_LOCK_ENABLE COMP_CSR_COMP1LOCK
|
||||
|
||||
#define COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK ((uint32_t)0x10)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Reset COMP handle state
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: COMP handle.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
|
||||
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be checked.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
* @retval The state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) (EXTI->PR & (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clear the COMP Exti flags.
|
||||
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be cleared.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) (EXTI->PR |= (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the COMP Exti Line.
|
||||
* @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be enabled.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->IMR |= (__EXTILINE__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the COMP Exti Line.
|
||||
* @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be disabled.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->IMR &= ~(__EXTILINE__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Exti Line rising edge trigger.
|
||||
* @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be enabled.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_RISING_IT_ENABLE(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->RTSR |= (__EXTILINE__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Exti Line rising edge trigger.
|
||||
* @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be disabled.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_RISING_IT_DISABLE(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->RTSR &= ~(__EXTILINE__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Exti Line falling edge trigger.
|
||||
* @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be enabled.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_FALLING_IT_ENABLE(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->FTSR |= (__EXTILINE__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Exti Line falling edge trigger.
|
||||
* @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be disabled.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_FALLING_IT_DISABLE(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->FTSR &= ~(__EXTILINE__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the specified EXTI line for a comparator instance
|
||||
* @param __INSTANCE__: specifies the COMP instance.
|
||||
* @retval value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(__INSTANCE__) (((__INSTANCE__) == COMP1) ? COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP1_EVENT : \
|
||||
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP2_EVENT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit (COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
void HAL_COMP_MspInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callback in Interrupt mode */
|
||||
void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
|
||||
HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef HAL_COMP_GetState(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
|
||||
/* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_COMP_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief HAL configuration file.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CONF_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CONF_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* ######################### Oscillator Values adaptation ################### */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application.
|
||||
* This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
|
||||
* (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined (HSE_VALUE)
|
||||
#define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */
|
||||
#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief In the following line adjust the External High Speed oscillator (HSE) Startup
|
||||
* Timeout value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)100) /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */
|
||||
#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value.
|
||||
* This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
|
||||
* (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined (HSI_VALUE)
|
||||
#define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/
|
||||
#endif /* HSI_VALUE */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief In the following line adjust the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) Startup
|
||||
* Timeout value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined (HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
#define HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)5000) /*!< Time out for HSI start up */
|
||||
#endif /* HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Internal High Speed oscillator for ADC (HSI14) value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined (HSI14_VALUE)
|
||||
#define HSI14_VALUE ((uint32_t)14000000) /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator for ADC in Hz.
|
||||
The real value may vary depending on the variations
|
||||
in voltage and temperature. */
|
||||
#endif /* HSI14_VALUE */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Internal High Speed oscillator for USB (HSI48) value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined (HSI48_VALUE)
|
||||
#define HSI48_VALUE ((uint32_t)48000000) /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator for USB in Hz.
|
||||
The real value may vary depending on the variations
|
||||
in voltage and temperature. */
|
||||
#endif /* HSI48_VALUE */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined (LSI_VALUE)
|
||||
#define LSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)40000)
|
||||
#endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz
|
||||
The real value may vary depending on the variations
|
||||
in voltage and temperature. */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined (LSE_VALUE)
|
||||
#define LSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)32768) /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */
|
||||
#endif /* LSE_VALUE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE,
|
||||
=== you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This is the HAL system configuration section
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define VDD_VALUE ((uint32_t)3300) /*!< Value of VDD in mv */
|
||||
#define TICK_INT_PRIORITY ((uint32_t)(1<<__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1) /*!< tick interrupt priority (lowest by default) */
|
||||
/* Warning: Must be set to higher priority for HAL_Delay() */
|
||||
/* and HAL_GetTick() usage under interrupt context */
|
||||
#define USE_RTOS 0
|
||||
#define PREFETCH_ENABLE 1
|
||||
#define INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE 0
|
||||
#define DATA_CACHE_ENABLE 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the
|
||||
* HAL drivers code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*#define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Include module's header file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_dma.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_adc.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_can.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_cec.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_comp.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_crc.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_flash.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_irda.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_spi.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_tim.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_uart.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_usart.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
|
||||
* @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
|
||||
* which reports the name of the source file and the source
|
||||
* line number of the call that failed.
|
||||
* If expr is true, it returns no value.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0 : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
|
||||
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0)
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CONF_H */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
|
||||
===========================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
|
||||
The Cortex-M0 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
|
||||
(#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels.
|
||||
The priority can be 0..3.
|
||||
|
||||
-@- Lower priority values gives higher priority.
|
||||
-@- Priority Order:
|
||||
(#@) Lowest priority.
|
||||
(#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position).
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
|
||||
========================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Setup SysTick Timer for time base
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
|
||||
is a CMSIS function that:
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x03).
|
||||
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
|
||||
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
|
||||
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
|
||||
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
|
||||
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
|
||||
inside the stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h file.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
|
||||
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
|
||||
|
||||
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
|
||||
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
|
||||
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX
|
||||
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
|
||||
Systick functionalities
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number .
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32l0xx.h file)
|
||||
* @param PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3.
|
||||
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
|
||||
* @param SubPriority: The subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
|
||||
* with stm32f0xx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored, because
|
||||
* no subpriority supported in Cortex M0 based products.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn,PreemptPriority);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
|
||||
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
|
||||
* function should be called before.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* System Reset */
|
||||
NVIC_SystemReset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
|
||||
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
|
||||
* @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
|
||||
* - 1 Function failed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Cortex control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
|
||||
(NVIC, SYSTICK) functionalities.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set interrupt pending */
|
||||
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
|
||||
* and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
|
||||
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear pending interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE(CLKSource));
|
||||
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of CORTEX HAL module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CORTEX
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_SysTick_clock_source
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define IS_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) || \
|
||||
((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported Macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @param __CLKSRC__: specifies the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(__CLKSRC__) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
if ((__CLKSRC__) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *******************************/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn,uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority);
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void);
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral Control functions *************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn);
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource);
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void);
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CORTEX_H */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the CRC peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
(+) Initialize CRC calculator
|
||||
- specify generating polynomial (IP default or non-default one)
|
||||
- specify initialization value (IP default or non-default one)
|
||||
- specify input data format
|
||||
- specify input or output data inversion mode if any
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
|
||||
input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
|
||||
initialization value
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
|
||||
input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
|
||||
(default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC
|
||||
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
|
||||
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
|
||||
in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
|
||||
(+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
|
||||
(+) Initialize the CRC MSP
|
||||
(+) DeInitialize CRC MSP
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the CRC according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hcrc == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extended initialization: if programmable polynomial feature is
|
||||
applicable to device, set default or non-default generating
|
||||
polynomial according to hcrc->Init parameters.
|
||||
If feature is non-applicable to device in use, HAL_CRCEx_Init straight
|
||||
away reports HAL_OK. */
|
||||
if (HAL_CRCEx_Init(hcrc) != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
|
||||
* picked up by user */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
|
||||
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* set input data inversion mode */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* set output data inversion mode */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
|
||||
* is properly specified by user */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the CRC peripheral.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hcrc == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the CRC MSP.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the CRC MSP.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief management functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
|
||||
using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
|
||||
independently of the previous CRC value.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
|
||||
* starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
|
||||
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
|
||||
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
|
||||
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
|
||||
uint32_t temp = 0; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
|
||||
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
|
||||
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
|
||||
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
|
||||
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the CRC computed value */
|
||||
return temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
|
||||
* starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
|
||||
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
|
||||
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
|
||||
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
|
||||
uint32_t temp = 0; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
|
||||
* written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
|
||||
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
|
||||
/* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
|
||||
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
|
||||
/* Specific 8-bit input data handling */
|
||||
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
|
||||
/* Specific 16-bit input data handling */
|
||||
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the CRC computed value */
|
||||
return temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
|
||||
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
|
||||
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i = 0; /* input data buffer index */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
|
||||
* last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
|
||||
* handling by the IP */
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/4); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<24) | ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+1]<<16) | ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+2]<<8) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* last bytes specific handling */
|
||||
if ((BufferLength%4) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (BufferLength%4 == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(uint8_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (BufferLength%4 == 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = ((uint16_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<8) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[4*i+1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (BufferLength%4 == 3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = ((uint16_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<8) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[4*i+1];
|
||||
*(uint8_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i+2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the CRC computed value */
|
||||
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
|
||||
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
|
||||
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i = 0; /* input data buffer index */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
|
||||
* in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
|
||||
* a correct type handling by the IP */
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/2); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcrc->Instance->DR = (pBuffer[2*i]<<16) | pBuffer[2*i+1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((BufferLength%2) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[2*i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the CRC computed value */
|
||||
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group3 Peripheral State functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral State functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
|
||||
and the data flow.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the CRC state.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hcrc->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of CRC HAL module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CRC
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief CRC HAL State Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< CRC not yet initialized or disabled */
|
||||
HAL_CRC_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< CRC initialized and ready for use */
|
||||
HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< CRC internal process is ongoing */
|
||||
HAL_CRC_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03, /*!< CRC timeout state */
|
||||
HAL_CRC_STATE_ERROR = 0x04 /*!< CRC error state */
|
||||
}HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief CRC Init Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t DefaultPolynomialUse; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRC_Default_Polynomial and indicates if default polynomial is used.
|
||||
If set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE, resort to default
|
||||
X^32 + X^26 + X^23 + X^22 + X^16 + X^12 + X^11 + X^10 +X^8 + X^7 + X^5 + X^4 + X^2+ X +1.
|
||||
In that case, there is no need to set GeneratingPolynomial field.
|
||||
If otherwise set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE, GeneratingPolynomial and CRCLength fields must be set */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t DefaultInitValueUse; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRC_Default_InitValue_Use and indicates if default init value is used.
|
||||
If set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE, resort to default
|
||||
0xFFFFFFFF value. In that case, there is no need to set InitValue field.
|
||||
If otherwise set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE, InitValue field must be set */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t GeneratingPolynomial; /*!< Set CRC generating polynomial. 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long value for a polynomial degree
|
||||
respectively equal to 7, 8, 16 or 32. This field is written in normal representation,
|
||||
e.g., for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65.
|
||||
No need to specify it if DefaultPolynomialUse is set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t CRCLength; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRCEx_Polynomial_Size_Definitions and indicates CRC length.
|
||||
Value can be either one of
|
||||
CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B (32-bit CRC)
|
||||
CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B (16-bit CRC)
|
||||
CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B (8-bit CRC)
|
||||
CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B (7-bit CRC) */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t InitValue; /*!< Init value to initiate CRC computation. No need to specify it if DefaultInitValueUse
|
||||
is set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t InputDataInversionMode; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRCEx_Input_Data_Inversion and specifies input data inversion mode.
|
||||
Can be either one of the following values
|
||||
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no input data inversion
|
||||
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE byte-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0x58D43CB2
|
||||
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD halfword-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0xD458B23C
|
||||
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD word-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0xB23CD458 */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t OutputDataInversionMode; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRCEx_Output_Data_Inversion and specifies output data (i.e. CRC) inversion mode.
|
||||
Can be either
|
||||
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLED no CRC inversion, or
|
||||
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLED CRC 0x11223344 is converted into 0x22CC4488 */
|
||||
}CRC_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief CRC Handle Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
CRC_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
|
||||
|
||||
CRC_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< CRC configuration parameters */
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< CRC Locking object */
|
||||
|
||||
__IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef State; /*!< CRC communication state */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t InputDataFormat; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRC_Input_Buffer_Format and specifies input data format.
|
||||
Can be either
|
||||
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES input data is a stream of bytes (8-bit data)
|
||||
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS input data is a stream of half-words (16-bit data)
|
||||
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS input data is a stream of words (32-bits data)
|
||||
Note that constant CRC_INPUT_FORMAT_UNDEFINED is defined but an initialization error
|
||||
must occur if InputBufferFormat is not one of the three values listed above */
|
||||
}CRC_HandleTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC_Default_Polynomial_Value Default CRC generating polynomial
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY 0x04C11DB7
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC_Default_InitValue Default CRC computation initialization value
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC_Default_Polynomial Indicates whether or not default polynomial is used
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(DEFAULT) (((DEFAULT) == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE) || \
|
||||
((DEFAULT) == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC_Default_InitValue_Use Indicates whether or not default init value is used
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC_Input_Buffer_Format Input Buffer Format
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* WARNING: CRC_INPUT_FORMAT_UNDEFINED is created for reference purposes but
|
||||
* an error is triggered in HAL_CRC_Init() if InputDataFormat field is set
|
||||
* to CRC_INPUT_FORMAT_UNDEFINED: the format MUST be defined by the user for
|
||||
* the CRC APIs to provide a correct result */
|
||||
#define CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_UNDEFINED ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES) || \
|
||||
((FORMAT) == CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS) || \
|
||||
((FORMAT) == CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Reset CRC handle state
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: CRC handle.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CRC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reset CRC Data Register.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CRC_CR_RESET)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set CRC INIT non-default value
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__ : CRC handle
|
||||
* @param __INIT__ : 32-bit initial value
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CRC_INITIALCRCVALUE_CONFIG(__HANDLE__, __INIT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->INIT = (__INIT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Include CRC HAL Extension module */
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
|
||||
void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
|
||||
void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
|
||||
/* Aliases for inter STM32 series compatibility */
|
||||
#define HAL_CRC_Input_Data_Reverse HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse
|
||||
#define HAL_CRC_Output_Data_Reverse HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
|
||||
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the CRC peripheral:
|
||||
* + Extended initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
================================================================================
|
||||
##### <Product specific features/integration> #####
|
||||
================================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
================================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Extended initialization
|
||||
(+) Set or not user-defined generating
|
||||
polynomial other than default one
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRCEx
|
||||
* @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization/de-initialization function #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize the CRC generating polynomial: if programmable polynomial
|
||||
feature is applicable to device, set default or non-default generating
|
||||
polynomial according to hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse parameter.
|
||||
If feature is non-applicable to device in use, HAL_CRCEx_Init straight
|
||||
away reports HAL_OK.
|
||||
(+) Set the generating polynomial
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Extended initialization to set generating polynomial
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
/* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
|
||||
* picked up by user */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
|
||||
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* initialize IP with default generating polynomial */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* initialize CRC IP with generating polynomial defined by user */
|
||||
if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) */
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param InputReverseMode: Input Data inversion mode
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_NOINVERSION: no change in bit order (default value)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE: Byte-wise bit reversal
|
||||
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD: HalfWord-wise bit reversal
|
||||
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD: Word-wise bit reversal
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* set input data inversion mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param OutputReverseMode: Output Data inversion mode
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLED: no CRC inversion (default value)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLED: bit-level inversion (e.g for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* set output data inversion mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param Pol: CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long)
|
||||
* This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
|
||||
* for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
|
||||
* for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
|
||||
* @param PolyLength: CRC polynomial length
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t msb = 31; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
|
||||
|
||||
/* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
|
||||
* polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
|
||||
* definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
|
||||
* larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
|
||||
* Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
|
||||
* the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
|
||||
* X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
|
||||
while (((Pol & (0x1 << msb)) == 0) && (msb-- > 0));
|
||||
|
||||
switch (PolyLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
|
||||
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
|
||||
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
|
||||
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
|
||||
/* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* set generating polynomial */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
|
||||
|
||||
/* set generating polynomial size */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* #if defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of CRC HAL extension module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_EX_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_EX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CRCEx
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Input_Data_Inversion Input Data Inversion Modes
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_IN_0)
|
||||
#define CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_IN_1)
|
||||
#define CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_IN)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Output_Data_Inversion Output Data Inversion Modes
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLED ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLED ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_OUT)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLED) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLED))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Polynomial_Sizes Polynomial sizes to configure the IP
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_POLYSIZE_0)
|
||||
#define CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_POLYSIZE_1)
|
||||
#define CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_POLYSIZE)
|
||||
#define IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B) || \
|
||||
((LENGTH) == CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B) || \
|
||||
((LENGTH) == CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B) || \
|
||||
((LENGTH) == CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Polynomial_Size_Definitions CRC polynomial possible sizes actual definitions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define HAL_CRC_LENGTH_32B 32
|
||||
#define HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B 16
|
||||
#define HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B 8
|
||||
#define HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B 7
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set CRC output reversal
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__ : CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CRC_CR_REV_OUT)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Unset CRC output reversal
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__ : CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~(CRC_CR_REV_OUT))
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set CRC non-default polynomial
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__ : CRC handle
|
||||
* @param __POLYNOMIAL__: 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit polynomial
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CONFIG(__HANDLE__, __POLYNOMIAL__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->POL = (__POLYNOMIAL__))
|
||||
#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength);
|
||||
#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
|
||||
/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_EX_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief DAC HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### DAC Peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** DAC Channels ***
|
||||
====================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
STM32F0 devices integrates no, one or two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters.
|
||||
STM32F05x devices have one converter (channel1)
|
||||
STM32F07x & STM32F09x devices have two converters (i.e. channel1 & channel2)
|
||||
|
||||
When 2 converters are present (i.e. channel1 & channel2) they
|
||||
can be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
|
||||
(#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
|
||||
(#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC Triggers ***
|
||||
====================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_Trigger_None
|
||||
and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register.
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
|
||||
(#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9.
|
||||
The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM3, TIM6, and TIM15
|
||||
(DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO, DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO...)
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Software using DAC_Trigger_Software
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC Buffer mode feature ***
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to
|
||||
reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
|
||||
without having to add an external operational amplifier.
|
||||
To enable, the output buffer use
|
||||
sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable;
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output
|
||||
impedance value with and without output buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC wave generation feature ***
|
||||
===================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Both DAC channels can be used to generate
|
||||
(#) Noise wave
|
||||
(#) Triangle wave
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC data format ***
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The DAC data format can be:
|
||||
(#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
|
||||
(#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
|
||||
(#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC data value to voltage correspondence ***
|
||||
================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
|
||||
by the following equation:
|
||||
DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
|
||||
with DOR is the Data Output Register
|
||||
VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
|
||||
e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
|
||||
Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
|
||||
|
||||
*** DMA requests ***
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
|
||||
a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
|
||||
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
|
||||
(#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 channel3 which must be
|
||||
already configured
|
||||
(#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 channel4 which must be
|
||||
already configured
|
||||
|
||||
-@- For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please
|
||||
refer to Extension Features Driver description
|
||||
STM32F0 devices with one channel (one converting capability) does not
|
||||
support Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation.
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC
|
||||
registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
|
||||
(+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
|
||||
(+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
|
||||
(+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions
|
||||
|
||||
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
|
||||
(+) To read the DAC last data output value value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
|
||||
(+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
|
||||
|
||||
*** DMA mode IO operation ***
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
|
||||
of data to be transfered at each end of conversion
|
||||
(+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()
|
||||
function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
|
||||
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
|
||||
(+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can
|
||||
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
|
||||
(+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC HAL driver macros list ***
|
||||
=============================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC
|
||||
* @brief DAC driver modules
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize and configure the DAC.
|
||||
(+) De-initialize the DAC.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
|
||||
* in the DAC_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check DAC handle */
|
||||
if(hdac == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DAC state*/
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC error code to none */
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DAC state*/
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check DAC handle */
|
||||
if(hdac == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC error code to none */
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the DAC MSP.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Group2 IO operation functions
|
||||
* @brief IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Start conversion.
|
||||
(+) Stop conversion.
|
||||
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
|
||||
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
|
||||
(+) Get result of conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
|
||||
/* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @param pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
|
||||
* @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
|
||||
* @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
|
||||
/* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
|
||||
hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Peripharal */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the DMA Channel */
|
||||
/* Channel1 is used */
|
||||
if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* Channel2 is used for */
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure channels.
|
||||
(+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configures the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
|
||||
/* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
|
||||
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp += __HAL_DHR12R1_ALIGNEMENT(Alignment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp += __HAL_DHR12R2_ALIGNEMENT(Alignment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
|
||||
/* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return value */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides functions allowing to
|
||||
(+) Check the DAC state.
|
||||
(+) Check the DAC Errors.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief return the DAC state
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return DAC state */
|
||||
return hdac->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the DAC error code
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval DAC Error Code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hdac->ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handles DAC interrupt request
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
|
||||
/* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
|
||||
/* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of DAC HAL module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DAC
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief HAL State structures definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< DAC not yet initialized or disabled */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< DAC initialized and ready for use */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< DAC internal processing is ongoing */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03, /*!< DAC timeout state */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR = 0x04 /*!< DAC error state */
|
||||
|
||||
}HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DAC handle Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
|
||||
|
||||
__IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef State; /*!< DAC communication state */
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< DAC locking object */
|
||||
|
||||
DMA_HandleTypeDef *DMA_Handle1; /*!< Pointer DMA handler for channel 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
DMA_HandleTypeDef *DMA_Handle2; /*!< Pointer DMA handler for channel 2 */
|
||||
|
||||
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< DAC Error code */
|
||||
|
||||
}DAC_HandleTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DAC Configuration regular Channel structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */
|
||||
|
||||
}DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Error_Code
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE 0x00 /*!< No error */
|
||||
#define HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1 0x01 /*!< DAC channel1 DAM underrun error */
|
||||
#define HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2 0x02 /*!< DAC channel2 DAM underrun error */
|
||||
#define HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA 0x04 /*!< DMA error */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_DISABLE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_BOFF1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE) || \
|
||||
((STATE) == DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_DISABLE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignement
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DAC_ALIGN_12B_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DAC_ALIGN_12B_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define DAC_ALIGN_8B_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_ALIGN_12B_R) || \
|
||||
((ALIGN) == DAC_ALIGN_12B_L) || \
|
||||
((ALIGN) == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_data
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1 ((uint32_t)DAC_SR_DMAUDR1)
|
||||
#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2 ((uint32_t)DAC_SR_DMAUDR2)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1) || \
|
||||
((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_IT_definition
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR1 ((uint32_t)DAC_SR_DMAUDR1)
|
||||
#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR2 ((uint32_t)DAC_SR_DMAUDR2)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR1) || \
|
||||
((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR2))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Reset DAC handle state
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DAC handle.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DAC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the DAC peripheral */
|
||||
#define __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(__HANDLE__, __DAC_Channel__) \
|
||||
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << (__DAC_Channel__)))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the DAC peripheral */
|
||||
#define __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(__HANDLE__, __DAC_Channel__) \
|
||||
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_EN1 << (__DAC_Channel__)))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DHR12R1 alignment */
|
||||
#define __HAL_DHR12R1_ALIGNEMENT(__ALIGNEMENT__) (((uint32_t)0x00000008) + (__ALIGNEMENT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DHR12R2 alignment */
|
||||
#define __HAL_DHR12R2_ALIGNEMENT(__ALIGNEMENT__) (((uint32_t)0x00000014) + (__ALIGNEMENT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DHR12RD alignment */
|
||||
#define __HAL_DHR12RD_ALIGNEMENT(__ALIGNEMENT__) (((uint32_t)0x00000020) + (__ALIGNEMENT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the DAC interrupt */
|
||||
#define __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR) |= (__INTERRUPT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the DAC interrupt */
|
||||
#define __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR) &= ~(__INTERRUPT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the selected DAC's flag status */
|
||||
#define __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR) & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the DAC's flag */
|
||||
#define __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR) |= (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Include DAC HAL Extension module */
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data);
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
|
||||
HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac);
|
||||
void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
|
||||
/* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /*__STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of DAC HAL Extension module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_EX_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_EX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DACEx
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief HAL State structures definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx_wave_generation
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DAC_WAVEGENERATION_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DAC_WAVEGENERATION_NOISE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_WAVE1_0)
|
||||
#define DAC_WAVEGENERATION_TRIANGLE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_WAVE1_1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WAVEGENERATION_NONE) || \
|
||||
((WAVE) == DAC_WAVEGENERATION_NOISE) || \
|
||||
((WAVE) == DAC_WAVEGENERATION_TRIANGLE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0)/*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx_wave_generation
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DAC_WAVE_NOISE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_WAVE1_0)
|
||||
#define DAC_WAVE_TRIANGLE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_WAVE1_1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WAVE_NOISE) || \
|
||||
((WAVE) == DAC_WAVE_TRIANGLE))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register
|
||||
has been loaded, and not by external trigger */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_2 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_0 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM3 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_TEN1) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_T15_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1_0 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM15 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9 ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_2 | DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_NONE) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T15_TRGO) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register
|
||||
has been loaded, and not by external trigger */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_2 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_0 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM3 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_TEN1) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_T15_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1_0 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM15 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9 ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_2 | DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_NONE) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T7_TRGO) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T15_TRGO) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9) || \
|
||||
((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DAC_CHANNEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DAC_CHANNEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_CHANNEL_1) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == DAC_CHANNEL_2))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DAC_CHANNEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_CHANNEL_1))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extension features functions ***********************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2);
|
||||
|
||||
void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
|
||||
/* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /*__STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_EX_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_def.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief This file contains HAL common defines, enumeration, macros and
|
||||
* structures definitions.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DEF
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DEF
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief HAL Status structures definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_OK = 0x00,
|
||||
HAL_ERROR = 0x01,
|
||||
HAL_BUSY = 0x02,
|
||||
HAL_TIMEOUT = 0x03
|
||||
} HAL_StatusTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief HAL Lock structures definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00,
|
||||
HAL_LOCKED = 0x01
|
||||
} HAL_LockTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
#define NULL (void *) 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define HAL_MAX_DELAY 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
#define HAL_IS_BIT_SET(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) != RESET)
|
||||
#define HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) == RESET)
|
||||
|
||||
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \
|
||||
do{ \
|
||||
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
|
||||
(__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#if (USE_RTOS == 1)
|
||||
#error " USE_RTOS should be 0 in the current HAL release "
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define __HAL_LOCK(__HANDLE__) \
|
||||
do{ \
|
||||
if((__HANDLE__)->Lock == HAL_LOCKED) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
(__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_LOCKED; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define __HAL_UNLOCK(__HANDLE__) \
|
||||
do{ \
|
||||
(__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; \
|
||||
}while (0)
|
||||
#endif /* USE_RTOS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined ( __GNUC__ )
|
||||
#ifndef __weak
|
||||
#define __weak __attribute__((weak))
|
||||
#endif /* __weak */
|
||||
#ifndef __packed
|
||||
#define __packed __attribute__((__packed__))
|
||||
#endif /* __packed */
|
||||
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macro to get variable aligned on 4-bytes, for __ICCARM__ the directive "#pragma data_alignment=4" must be used instead */
|
||||
#if defined (__GNUC__) /* GNU Compiler */
|
||||
#ifndef __ALIGN_END
|
||||
#define __ALIGN_END __attribute__ ((aligned (4)))
|
||||
#endif /* __ALIGN_END */
|
||||
#ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
|
||||
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
|
||||
#endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifndef __ALIGN_END
|
||||
#define __ALIGN_END
|
||||
#endif /* __ALIGN_END */
|
||||
#ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
|
||||
#if defined (__CC_ARM) /* ARM Compiler */
|
||||
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
|
||||
#elif defined (__ICCARM__) /* IAR Compiler */
|
||||
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
|
||||
#elif defined (__TASKING__) /* TASKING Compiler */
|
||||
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
|
||||
#endif /* __CC_ARM */
|
||||
#endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
|
||||
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ___STM32F0xx_HAL_DEF */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief DMA HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State and errors functions
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
|
||||
(except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
|
||||
necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
|
||||
and DMA requests .
|
||||
|
||||
(#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
|
||||
Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
|
||||
Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode, Channel Priority level,
|
||||
Source and Destination Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed),
|
||||
Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
|
||||
address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
|
||||
case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
|
||||
===================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
|
||||
(+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
|
||||
Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this
|
||||
case the DMA interrupt is configured
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
|
||||
(+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
|
||||
add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
|
||||
XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
|
||||
detection.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
|
||||
|
||||
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
*** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
|
||||
=============================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_IT_STATUS: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA
|
||||
* @brief DMA HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
|
||||
and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
|
||||
circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
|
||||
reference manual.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the DMA according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
|
||||
* @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
if(hdma == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the CR register value */
|
||||
tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR bits */
|
||||
tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \
|
||||
DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \
|
||||
DMA_CCR_DIR));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
|
||||
tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction |
|
||||
hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc |
|
||||
hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
|
||||
hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialise the error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DMA state*/
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the DMA peripheral
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
if(hdma == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMA Channel control register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CCR = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear all flags */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialise the error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 I/O operation functions
|
||||
* @brief I/O operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
|
||||
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
|
||||
Start DMA transfer with interrupt
|
||||
(+) Abort DMA transfer
|
||||
(+) Poll for transfer complete
|
||||
(+) Handle DMA interrupt request
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Starts the DMA Transfer.
|
||||
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
|
||||
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
|
||||
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer.
|
||||
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note After disabling a DMA Channel, a check for wait until the DMA Channel is
|
||||
* effectively disabled is added. If a Channel is disabled
|
||||
* while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred
|
||||
* and the Channel will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of
|
||||
* this single data is finished.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the channel */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get timeout */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the DMA Channel is effectively disabled */
|
||||
while((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_EN) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check for the Timeout */
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state*/
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Polling for transfer complete.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
|
||||
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t temp;
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the level transfer complete flag */
|
||||
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer Complete flag */
|
||||
temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Half Transfer Complete flag */
|
||||
temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get timeout */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the transfer error flags */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check for the Timeout */
|
||||
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF;
|
||||
|
||||
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
|
||||
all transfers are complete) */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
|
||||
all transfers are complete) */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handles DMA interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
|
||||
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the transfer error interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the transfer error flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer error callback */
|
||||
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
|
||||
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
|
||||
if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF;
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Half transfer callback */
|
||||
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
|
||||
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer complete callback */
|
||||
hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Peripheral State functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### State and Errors functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides functions allowing to
|
||||
(+) Check the DMA state
|
||||
(+) Get error code
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the DMA state.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hdma->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the DMA error code
|
||||
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval DMA Error Code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hdma->ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel data length */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral to Memory */
|
||||
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel source address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Memory to Peripheral */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel source address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_dma.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of DMA HAL module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA Configuration Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t Direction; /*!< Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral,
|
||||
from memory to memory or from peripheral to memory.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Data_transfer_direction */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t PeriphInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t MemInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_incremented_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_data_size */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t MemDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_data_size */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_mode
|
||||
@note The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
|
||||
data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Priority_level */
|
||||
|
||||
} DMA_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA Configuration enumeration values definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA_MODE = 0, /*!< Control related DMA mode Parameter in DMA_InitTypeDef */
|
||||
DMA_PRIORITY = 1, /*!< Control related priority level Parameter in DMA_InitTypeDef */
|
||||
|
||||
} DMA_ControlTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief HAL DMA2D State structures definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< DMA not yet initialized or disabled */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< DMA process success and ready for use */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF = 0x11, /*!< DMA Half process success */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< DMA process is ongoing */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03, /*!< DMA timeout state */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR = 0x04, /*!< DMA error state */
|
||||
|
||||
}HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief HAL DMA Error Code structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER = 0x00, /*!< Full transfer */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_HALF_TRANSFER = 0x01, /*!< Half Transfer */
|
||||
|
||||
}HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA handle Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA_Channel_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
|
||||
|
||||
DMA_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< DMA communication parameters */
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< DMA locking object */
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef State; /*!< DMA transfer state */
|
||||
|
||||
void *Parent; /*!< Parent object state */
|
||||
|
||||
void (* XferCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer complete callback */
|
||||
|
||||
void (* XferHalfCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA Half transfer complete callback */
|
||||
|
||||
void (* XferErrorCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer error callback */
|
||||
|
||||
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< DMA Error code */
|
||||
|
||||
} DMA_HandleTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Error_Code
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No error */
|
||||
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transfer error */
|
||||
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Timeout error */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Data_transfer_direction
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Peripheral to memory direction */
|
||||
#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_DIR) /*!< Memory to peripheral direction */
|
||||
#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY ((uint32_t)(DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM)) /*!< Memory to memory direction */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY ) || \
|
||||
((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
|
||||
((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Data_buffer_size
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DMA_PINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PINC) /*!< Peripheral increment mode Enable */
|
||||
#define DMA_PINC_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Peripheral increment mode Disable */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PINC_ENABLE) || \
|
||||
((STATE) == DMA_PINC_DISABLE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_incremented_mode
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DMA_MINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MINC) /*!< Memory increment mode Enable */
|
||||
#define DMA_MINC_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Memory increment mode Disable */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MINC_ENABLE) || \
|
||||
((STATE) == DMA_MINC_DISABLE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_data_size
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Peripheral data alignment : Byte */
|
||||
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PSIZE_0) /*!< Peripheral data alignment : HalfWord */
|
||||
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PSIZE_1) /*!< Peripheral data alignment : Word */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
|
||||
((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
|
||||
((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_data_size
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Memory data alignment : Byte */
|
||||
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MSIZE_0) /*!< Memory data alignment : HalfWord */
|
||||
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MSIZE_1) /*!< Memory data alignment : Word */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
|
||||
((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
|
||||
((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_mode
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DMA_NORMAL ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Normal Mode */
|
||||
#define DMA_CIRCULAR ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_CIRC) /*!< Circular Mode */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_NORMAL ) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == DMA_CIRCULAR))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Priority_level
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DMA_PRIORITY_LOW ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Priority level : Low */
|
||||
#define DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PL_0) /*!< Priority level : Medium */
|
||||
#define DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PL_1) /*!< Priority level : High */
|
||||
#define DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PL) /*!< Priority level : Very_High */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_LOW ) || \
|
||||
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
|
||||
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
|
||||
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_interrupt_enable_definitions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_TCIE)
|
||||
#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_HTIE)
|
||||
#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_TEIE)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_flag_definitions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
|
||||
#define DMA_FLAG_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @brief Reset DMA handle state
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Interrupt & Flag management */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
|
||||
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask
|
||||
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR |= (__INTERRUPT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
|
||||
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask
|
||||
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR &= ~(__INTERRUPT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Checks whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA interrupt source to check.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
|
||||
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask
|
||||
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
|
||||
* @retval The state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR & (__INTERRUPT__)) == (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Include DMA HAL Extension module */
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_dma_ex.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout);
|
||||
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
|
||||
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_dma_ex.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of DMA HAL Extension module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Interrupt & Flag management */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TC5 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TC6 :\
|
||||
DMA_FLAG_TC7)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel half transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_HT5 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_HT6 :\
|
||||
DMA_FLAG_HT7)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer error flag.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TE5 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TE6 :\
|
||||
DMA_FLAG_TE7)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @param __FLAG__: Get the specified flag.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag
|
||||
* Where x can be 1_7 to select the DMA Channel flag.
|
||||
* @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->ISR & (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clears the DMA Channel pending flags.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag
|
||||
* Where x can be 1_7 to select the DMA Channel flag.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->IFCR |= (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* STM32F030x8_STM32F031x6_STM32F038xx_STM32F051x8_STM32F058xx Product devices */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
|
||||
DMA_FLAG_TC5)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel half transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
|
||||
DMA_FLAG_HT5)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer error flag.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
|
||||
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
|
||||
DMA_FLAG_TE5)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @param __FLAG__: Get the specified flag.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag
|
||||
* Where x can be 1_5 to select the DMA Channel flag.
|
||||
* @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->ISR & (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clears the DMA Channel pending flags.
|
||||
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
|
||||
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag
|
||||
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag
|
||||
* Where x can be 1_5 to select the DMA Channel flag.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->IFCR |= (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,692 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
|
||||
* + Program operations functions
|
||||
* + Memory Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
|
||||
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
|
||||
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
|
||||
prefetch.
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The FLASH main features are:
|
||||
(+) Flash memory read operations
|
||||
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
|
||||
(+) Read / write protections
|
||||
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
|
||||
memory of all STM32F0xx devices. These functions are split in 3 groups:
|
||||
|
||||
(#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
|
||||
functions to erase and program the main memory:
|
||||
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
(++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages
|
||||
(++) Program functions: half word and word
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
|
||||
functions to manage the Option Bytes:
|
||||
(++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
|
||||
(++) Erase Option Bytes
|
||||
(++) Set/Reset the write protection
|
||||
(++) Set the Read protection Level
|
||||
(++) Program the user Option Bytes
|
||||
(++) Program the data Option Bytes
|
||||
(++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group
|
||||
includes all needed functions to:
|
||||
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts
|
||||
(++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
|
||||
(++) Get error flag status
|
||||
|
||||
[..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
|
||||
to handle the following operations:
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Set the latency
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
|
||||
(+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH
|
||||
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
|
||||
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Erase operations */
|
||||
void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Program operations */
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
|
||||
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_FLASH_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_FLASH_Group2 I/O operation functions
|
||||
* @brief Data transfers functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
|
||||
program operations (write/erase).
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address
|
||||
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
|
||||
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
|
||||
* @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
uint8_t index = 0;
|
||||
uint8_t nbiterations = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(TypeProgram == TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
nbiterations = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(TypeProgram == TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
nbiterations = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
nbiterations = 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (index = 0; index < nbiterations; index++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16*index)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
|
||||
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
|
||||
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
|
||||
* @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT((FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR));
|
||||
|
||||
pFlash.Address = Address;
|
||||
pFlash.Data = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(TypeProgram == TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD;
|
||||
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(TypeProgram == TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD;
|
||||
/*Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD;
|
||||
/*Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining = 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t addresstmp;
|
||||
/* If the operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
|
||||
|
||||
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate user which page address has been erased*/
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
|
||||
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Increment page address to next page */
|
||||
pFlash.Address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
|
||||
FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*No more pages to Erase*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure*/
|
||||
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
|
||||
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Increment address to 16-bit */
|
||||
pFlash.Address += 2;
|
||||
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
|
||||
pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-6);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/
|
||||
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH operation error flags */
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Save the Error code*/
|
||||
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Address);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset address and stop the procedure ongoing*/
|
||||
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT((FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
|
||||
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
|
||||
* - Mass Erase: No return value expected
|
||||
* - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased
|
||||
* - Program: Address which was selected for data program
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
|
||||
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
|
||||
* - Mass Erase: No return value expected
|
||||
* - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
|
||||
* - Program: Address which was selected for data program
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_FLASH_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief management functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
|
||||
memory operations.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK)) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_FKEY1);
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_FKEY2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE)) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_FLASH_Group4 Peripheral State functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral State functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the FLASH peripheral.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be:
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_ERROR_PG: FLASH Programming error flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FLASH_ErrorTypeDef HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page
|
||||
* @param PageAddress: FLASH page to erase
|
||||
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Proceed to erase the page */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR, PageAddress);
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
|
||||
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Proceed to program the new data */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
|
||||
* @param Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
|
||||
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
|
||||
flag will be set */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Save the error code*/
|
||||
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If there is an error flag set */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= FLASH_ERROR_PG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of Flash HAL module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup FLASH
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Types
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH Error source
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_ERROR_PG = 0x01,
|
||||
FLASH_ERROR_WRP = 0x02
|
||||
} FLASH_ErrorTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH Erase structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t TypeErase; /*!< TypeErase: Mass erase or page erase.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Erase */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t PageAddress; /*!< PageAdress: Initial FLASH page address to erase when mass erase is disabled
|
||||
This parameter must be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Address */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t NbPages; /*!< NbPages: Number of pagess to be erased.
|
||||
This parameter must be a value between 1 and (max number of pages - value of initial page)*/
|
||||
|
||||
} FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH Options bytes program structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t OptionType; /*!< OptionType: Option byte to be configured.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_OB_Type */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t WRPState; /*!< WRPState: Write protection activation or deactivation.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_OB_WRP_State */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t WRPPage; /*!< WRPSector: specifies the page(s) to be write protected
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_OB_Write_Protection */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t RDPLevel; /*!< RDPLevel: Set the read protection level..
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_OB_Read_Protection */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t USERConfig; /*!< USERConfig: Program the FLASH User Option Byte:
|
||||
IWDG / STOP / STDBY / BOOT1 / VDDA_ANALOG / SRAM_PARITY
|
||||
This parameter can be a combination of @ref FLASH_OB_Watchdog, @ref FLASH_OB_nRST_STOP,
|
||||
@ref FLASH_OB_nRST_STDBY, @ref FLASH_OB_BOOT1, @ref FLASH_OB_VDDA_Analog_Monitoring and
|
||||
@ref FLASH_OB_RAM_Parity_Check_Enable */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DATAAddress; /*!< DATAAddress: Address of the option byte DATA to be prgrammed
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_OB_Data_Address */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t DATAData; /*!< DATAData: Data to be stored in the option byte DATA
|
||||
This parameter can have any value */
|
||||
|
||||
} FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH Procedure structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_PROC_NONE = 0,
|
||||
FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE = 1,
|
||||
FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE = 2,
|
||||
FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD = 3,
|
||||
FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD = 4,
|
||||
FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD = 5
|
||||
} FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH handle Structure definition
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing; /* Internal variable to indicate which procedure is ongoing or not in IT context */
|
||||
|
||||
__IO uint32_t DataRemaining; /* Internal variable to save the remaining pages to erase or half-word to program in IT context */
|
||||
|
||||
__IO uint32_t Address; /* Internal variable to save address selected for program or erase */
|
||||
|
||||
__IO uint64_t Data; /* Internal variable to save data to be programmed */
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* FLASH locking object */
|
||||
|
||||
__IO FLASH_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode; /* FLASH error code */
|
||||
|
||||
} FLASH_ProcessTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Type_Erase FLASH Type Erase
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TYPEERASE_PAGES ((uint32_t)0x00) /*!<Pages erase only*/
|
||||
#define TYPEERASE_MASSERASE ((uint32_t)0x01) /*!<Flash mass erase activation*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_TYPEERASE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == TYPEERASE_PAGES) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == TYPEERASE_MASSERASE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Type_Program FLASH Type Program
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)0x01) /*!<Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
#define TYPEPROGRAM_WORD ((uint32_t)0x02) /*!<Program a word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
#define TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD ((uint32_t)0x03) /*!<Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_TYPEPROGRAM(VALUE) (((VALUE) == TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_WRP_State FLASH WRP State
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WRPSTATE_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00) /*!<Disable the write protection of the desired pages*/
|
||||
#define WRPSTATE_ENABLE ((uint32_t)0x01) /*!<Enable the write protection of the desired pagess*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_WRPSTATE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == WRPSTATE_DISABLE) || \
|
||||
((VALUE) == WRPSTATE_ENABLE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_Type FLASH Option Bytes Type
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OPTIONBYTE_WRP ((uint32_t)0x01) /*!<WRP option byte configuration*/
|
||||
#define OPTIONBYTE_RDP ((uint32_t)0x02) /*!<RDP option byte configuration*/
|
||||
#define OPTIONBYTE_USER ((uint32_t)0x04) /*!<USER option byte configuration*/
|
||||
#define OPTIONBYTE_DATA ((uint32_t)0x08) /*!<DATA option byte configuration*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_OPTIONBYTE(VALUE) (((VALUE) < (OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER | OPTIONBYTE_DATA)))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Latency
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FLASH_LATENCY_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */
|
||||
#define FLASH_LATENCY_1 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_0) || \
|
||||
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_1))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_Data_Address
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF804) || ((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF806))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_Read_Protection
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 ((uint8_t)0xAA)
|
||||
#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 ((uint8_t)0xBB)
|
||||
#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 ((uint8_t)0xCC) /*!< Warning: When enabling read protection level 2
|
||||
it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */
|
||||
#define IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_0) ||\
|
||||
((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_1))/*||\
|
||||
((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_2))*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_Watchdog
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OB_WDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Software WDG selected */
|
||||
#define OB_WDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Hardware WDG selected */
|
||||
#define IS_OB_WDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_WDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_WDG_HW))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_nRST_STOP
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OB_STOP_NO_RST ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */
|
||||
#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */
|
||||
#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NO_RST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_nRST_STDBY
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OB_STDBY_NO_RST ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
|
||||
#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
|
||||
#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NO_RST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_BOOT1
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OB_BOOT1_RESET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< BOOT1 Reset */
|
||||
#define OB_BOOT1_SET ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< BOOT1 Set */
|
||||
#define IS_OB_BOOT1(BOOT1) (((BOOT1) == OB_BOOT1_RESET) || ((BOOT1) == OB_BOOT1_SET))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_VDDA_Analog_Monitoring
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON */
|
||||
#define OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source OFF */
|
||||
#define IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG(ANALOG) (((ANALOG) == OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON) || ((ANALOG) == OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_RAM_Parity_Check_Enable
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OB_RAM_PARITY_CHECK_SET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< RAM parity check enable set */
|
||||
#define OB_RAM_PARITY_CHECK_RESET ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< RAM parity check enable reset */
|
||||
#define IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == OB_RAM_PARITY_CHECK_SET) || ((PARITY) == OB_RAM_PARITY_CHECK_RESET))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Flag_definition
|
||||
* @brief Flag definition
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH_SR_BSY /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGERR FLASH_SR_PGERR /*!< FLASH Programming error flag */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH_SR_WRPERR /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH_SR_EOP /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFC3) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000))
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || \
|
||||
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupt_definition
|
||||
* @brief FLASH Interrupt definition
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FLASH_IT_EOP FLASH_CR_EOPIE /*!< End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */
|
||||
#define FLASH_IT_ERR FLASH_CR_ERRIE /*!< Error Interrupt source */
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFEBFF) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Timeout_definition
|
||||
* @brief FLASH Timeout definition
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Macros
|
||||
* @brief macros to control FLASH features
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the FLASH Latency.
|
||||
* @param __LATENCY__: FLASH Latency
|
||||
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(__LATENCY__) (FLASH->ACR = (FLASH->ACR&(~FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) | (__LATENCY__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupt
|
||||
* @brief macros to handle FLASH interrupts
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the specified FLASH interrupt.
|
||||
* @param __INTERRUPT__ : FLASH interrupt
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) (FLASH->CR |= (__INTERRUPT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the specified FLASH interrupt.
|
||||
* @param __INTERRUPT__ : FLASH interrupt
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) (FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(__INTERRUPT__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the specified FLASH flag status.
|
||||
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flag to check.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR : FLASH Programming error flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY : FLASH Busy flag
|
||||
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((FLASH->SR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clear the specified FLASH flag.
|
||||
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR : FLASH Programming error flag
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) (FLASH->SR = (__FLAG__))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Include FLASH HAL Extension module */
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH IRQ handler method */
|
||||
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void);
|
||||
/* Callbacks in non blocking modes */
|
||||
void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
|
||||
void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
|
||||
/* Option bytes control */
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_ErrorTypeDef HAL_FLASH_GetError(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,828 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the FLASH peripheral:
|
||||
* + Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Extended I/O operation functions
|
||||
* + Extended Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* + Extended Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Flash peripheral extended features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory
|
||||
of all STM32F0xxx devices. It includes
|
||||
|
||||
(++) Set/Reset the write protection
|
||||
(++) Program the user Option Bytes
|
||||
(++) Get the Read protection Level
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx
|
||||
* @brief FLASH Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
|
||||
extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Erase operations */
|
||||
extern void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
|
||||
static void FLASH_MassErase(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Option bytes control */
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel);
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig);
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
|
||||
static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void);
|
||||
static FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
|
||||
static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx__Group2 Extended I/O operation functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended I/O operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages
|
||||
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* @param[in] pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the erasing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] PageError: pointer to variable that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error
|
||||
* (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
uint32_t address = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
if (status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Mass erase to be done*/
|
||||
FLASH_MassErase();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
|
||||
|
||||
/*Initialization of PageError variable*/
|
||||
*PageError = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Erase by page by page to be done*/
|
||||
for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
|
||||
address < (pEraseInit->PageAddress + (pEraseInit->NbPages)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
|
||||
address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_PageErase(address);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
|
||||
|
||||
if (status != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */
|
||||
*PageError = address;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors with interrupt enabled
|
||||
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* @param pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the erasing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT((FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR));
|
||||
|
||||
if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Mass erase to be done*/
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE;
|
||||
FLASH_MassErase();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Erase by page to be done*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
|
||||
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE;
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining = pEraseInit->NbPages;
|
||||
pFlash.Address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/
|
||||
FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx__Group3 Extended Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
|
||||
memory operations.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes.
|
||||
* @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP).
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
|
||||
* (system reset will occur)
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef optionsbytes;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */
|
||||
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(&optionsbytes);
|
||||
if(optionsbytes.RDPLevel != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */
|
||||
optionsbytes.OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_RDP;
|
||||
optionsbytes.RDPLevel = rdptmp;
|
||||
status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(&optionsbytes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the erase status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program option bytes
|
||||
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
|
||||
* (system reset will occur)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the programming.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write protection configuration */
|
||||
if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState));
|
||||
if (pOBInit->WRPState == WRPSTATE_ENABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable of Write protection on the selected page */
|
||||
status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable of Write protection on the selected page */
|
||||
status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read protection configuration */
|
||||
if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* USER configuration */
|
||||
if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* DATA configuration*/
|
||||
if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_DATA) == OPTIONBYTE_DATA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = FLASH_OB_ProgramData(pOBInit->DATAAddress, pOBInit->DATAData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the Option byte configuration
|
||||
* @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the programming.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER;
|
||||
|
||||
/*Get WRP*/
|
||||
pOBInit->WRPPage = FLASH_OB_GetWRP();
|
||||
|
||||
/*Get RDP Level*/
|
||||
pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
|
||||
|
||||
/*Get USER*/
|
||||
pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Mass erase of FLASH memory
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_MassErase(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Proceed to erase all sectors */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the write protection of the desired pages
|
||||
* @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
|
||||
* it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if CortexM4
|
||||
* debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param WriteProtectPage: specifies the page(s) to be write protected.
|
||||
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF;
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F038xx || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
|
||||
|
||||
WriteProtectPage = (uint32_t)(~WriteProtectPage);
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK);
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8);
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F038xx || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
|
||||
WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8);
|
||||
WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16);
|
||||
WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) >> 24);
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
|
||||
if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRP0 &= WRP0_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRP1 &= WRP1_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || STM32F071xB ||
|
||||
STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRP2 &= WRP2_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRP3 &= WRP3_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the write protection of the desired pages
|
||||
* @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
|
||||
* it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if CortexM4
|
||||
* debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param WriteProtectPage: specifies the page(s) to be write unprotected.
|
||||
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF;
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F038xx || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK);
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8);
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F038xx || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
|
||||
WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8);
|
||||
WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16);
|
||||
WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) >> 24);
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
|
||||
if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRP0 |= WRP0_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRP1 |= WRP1_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || STM32F071xB ||
|
||||
STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRP2 |= WRP2_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRP3 |= WRP3_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the read protection level.
|
||||
* @param ReadProtectLevel: specifies the read protection level.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
|
||||
* @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
|
||||
* @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Warning: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(ReadProtectLevel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
|
||||
WRITE_REG(OB->RDP, ReadProtectLevel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte.
|
||||
* @note Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
|
||||
* @param UserConfig: The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), BOOT1(Bit4),
|
||||
* VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6).
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_WDG_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_WDG_SW)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1((UserConfig&OB_BOOT1_SET)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG((UserConfig&OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY((UserConfig&OB_RAM_PARITY_CHECK_RESET)));
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT_SEL((UserConfig&OB_BOOT_SEL_SET)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT0((UserConfig&OB_BOOT0_SET)));
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)
|
||||
OB->USER = UserConfig;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x88);
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address.
|
||||
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
|
||||
* (system reset will occur)
|
||||
* Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
|
||||
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806.
|
||||
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
|
||||
return (uint32_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->WRPR));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status:
|
||||
* - SET, when OB_RDP_Level_1 or OB_RDP_Level_2 is set
|
||||
* - RESET, when OB_RDP_Level_0 is set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus readstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((uint8_t)READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_RDPRT1) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
readstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return readstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value.
|
||||
* @param None
|
||||
* @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), BOOT1(Bit4),
|
||||
* VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return the User Option Byte */
|
||||
return (uint8_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->OBR) >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.h
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.0.0
|
||||
* @date 20-May-2014
|
||||
* @brief Header file of FLASH HAL Extension module.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
|
||||
#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Types
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Address
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F038xx)
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x08007FFF))
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F038xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0800FFFF))
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0801FFFF))
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Page_Size
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
#define FLASH_PAGE_SIZE 0x400
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
#define FLASH_PAGE_SIZE 0x800
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Nb_Pages
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F038xx)
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(ADDRESS,NBPAGES) ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1 <= 0x08007FFF)
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F038xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(ADDRESS,NBPAGES) ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1 <= 0x0800FFFF)
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
#define IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(ADDRESS,NBPAGES) ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1 <= 0x0801FFFF)
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_Write_Protection
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO3 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of page 0 to 3 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES4TO7 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of page 4 to 7 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES8TO11 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of page 8 to 11 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES12TO15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of page 12 to 15 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES16TO19 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of page 16 to 19 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES20TO23 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of page 20 to 23 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES24TO27 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of page 24 to 27 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES28TO31 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of page 28 to 31 */
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO35 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of page 32 to 35 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES36TO39 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of page 36 to 39 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES40TO43 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of page 40 to 43 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES44TO47 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of page 44 to 47 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO51 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of page 48 to 51 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES52TO57 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of page 52 to 57 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES56TO59 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of page 56 to 59 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES60TO63 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of page 60 to 63 */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00)
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F038xx)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_ALLPAGES ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) /*!< Write protection of all pages */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F038xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_ALLPAGES ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Write protection of all pages */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F038xx || STM32F058xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of page 0 to 1 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES2TO3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of page 2 to 3 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES4TO5 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of page 4 to 5 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES6TO7 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of page 6 to 7 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES8TO9 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of page 8 to 9 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES10TO11 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of page 10 to 11 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES12TO13 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of page 12 to 13 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES14TO15 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of page 14 to 15 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES16TO17 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of page 16 to 17 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES18TO19 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of page 18 to 19 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES20TO21 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of page 20 to 21 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES22TO23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of page 22 to 23 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES24TO25 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of page 24 to 25 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES26TO27 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of page 26 to 27 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES28TO29 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of page 28 to 29 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES30TO31 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of page 30 to 31 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO33 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* Write protection of page 32 to 33 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES34TO35 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* Write protection of page 34 to 35 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES36TO37 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /* Write protection of page 36 to 37 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES38TO39 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /* Write protection of page 38 to 39 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES40TO41 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /* Write protection of page 40 to 41 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES42TO43 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /* Write protection of page 42 to 43 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES44TO45 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /* Write protection of page 44 to 45 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES46TO47 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /* Write protection of page 46 to 47 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO49 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /* Write protection of page 48 to 49 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES50TO51 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /* Write protection of page 50 to 51 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES52TO53 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /* Write protection of page 52 to 53 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES54TO55 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /* Write protection of page 54 to 55 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES56TO57 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* Write protection of page 56 to 57 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES58TO59 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /* Write protection of page 58 to 59 */
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES60TO61 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /* Write protection of page 60 to 61 */
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES62TO63 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* Write protection of page 62 to 63 */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000)
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK ((uint32_t)0xFF000000)
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OB_WRP_ALLPAGES ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all pages */
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_OB_WRP(PAGE) (((PAGE) != 0x0000000))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_BOOT_SEL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OB_BOOT_SEL_RESET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< BOOT_SEL Reset */
|
||||
#define OB_BOOT_SEL_SET ((uint8_t)0x80) /*!< BOOT_SEL Set */
|
||||
#define IS_OB_BOOT_SEL(BOOT_SEL) (((BOOT_SEL) == OB_BOOT_SEL_RESET) || ((BOOT_SEL) == OB_BOOT_SEL_SET))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_BOOT0
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define OB_BOOT0_RESET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< BOOT0 Reset */
|
||||
#define OB_BOOT0_SET ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< BOOT0 Set */
|
||||
#define IS_OB_BOOT0(BOOT0) (((BOOT0) == OB_BOOT0_RESET) || ((BOOT0) == OB_BOOT0_SET))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
|
||||
void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue